You are on page 1of 121

‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.

htm‬‬

‫‪2611‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬


‫ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻭﻝ‬


‫ﭼﺎﭖ ﺩﻭﻡ‬

‫‪1 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬


‫ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ ﻓﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﺷﻮﺭﺍﻳﻌﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﻭ ﻫﺪﻓﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬
‫)ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻠﻲ – ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﻤﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﺋﻲ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﻔﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ‪ -‬ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻲ – ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ – ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺗﻲ ﻣﺸﻤﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﺑﻤﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺭﻗﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺍﺗﻲ ﻣﺸﻤﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺒﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﻤﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﻭ ﻓﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ – ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ – ﺗﺮﻭﻳﺞ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﺘﺮﻳﻚ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮﺍﺳﻴﻮﻥ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﻨﺠﺶ – ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﮔﻮﺍﻫﻴﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺳﺎﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﻭ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻨﻔﻊ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺻﺮﻓﻪ ﺟﻮﺋﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪ ﻣﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻓﺎﻩ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪2 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺴﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺭﺋﻴﺲ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﺑﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻤﻲ ‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻲﺍﻛﺒﺮ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻀﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺗﻲ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﺑﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﻬﺮﻱ ‪ -‬ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩﺭﺿﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﭘﺎﺩﺭﻋﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﺑﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻮﺭ – ﻣﺠﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺯ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺴﺎﻧﺲ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻚ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻫﺎﺩﻱ ‪ -‬ﻫﻮﺷﻨﮓ‬

‫ﺩﺑﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺱ ﺑﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺟﻲ ﻓﺮﺩ ‪ -‬ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ‬

‫‪3 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬


‫ﻫﺪﻑ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ) ﺍﻟﻒ (‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ) ﺏ (‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ) ﺝ (‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ) ﺩ (‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ) ﻩ (‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ) ﻭ (‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ) ﺯ (‬

‫‪4 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺑﺴﻤﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻔﺘﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 1365‬ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻛﻤﻴﺴﻴﻮﻥ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺸﺘﺎﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻣﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻚ ﻣﻮﺭﺥ ‪ 75/12/20‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ ﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﻨﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ 1‬ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ‪ 3‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﺻﻼﺣﻲ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﺼﻮﺏ ﺑﻬﻤﻦ ﻣﺎﻩ ‪ 1371‬ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻫﻤﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ‪ ,‬ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﻌﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺣﺘﻲﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪:‬‬
‫‪IEC 898 (1987): Circuit breaker for over current protection‬‬
‫‪for household and similar installations‬‬
‫)‪Amendment No. 1: (1989‬‬
‫)‪Amendment No. 2: (1989‬‬
‫)‪Amendment No. 3: (1990‬‬
‫)‪Amendment No. 4: (1994‬‬

‫‪5 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬


‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫‪ 1‬ـ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪ ,1‬ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ـ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ‪50Hz 2‬‬
‫ـ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺳﻪ ﻓﺎﺯ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ 440‬ﻭﻟﺖ ) ﻓﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺯ ( ) ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪(4-3-1‬‬
‫ـ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪125A‬‬
‫ـ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪25000A‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺳﻴﻢﻛﺸﻲ ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﺤﻮﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﺎﻣﺠﺮﺏ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥﭘﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭﻱ‬
‫ـ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﺪ ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ‪ IP20‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬

‫‪6 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ‪ ,‬ﮔﺮﻡ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ‬


‫ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺛﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ‪ ,‬ﻣﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺩﻏﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻧﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ‪ ,‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ـ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻮﺯﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ) ﺝ ( ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻻﺯﻣﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ ‪ 3‬ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪,‬‬
‫‪ -1-1‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ -1-2‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﻄﺒﺎﻕ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ ـ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺏ ـ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺝ ـ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺗﺎ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺩـ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺩﻱﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻚ‬
‫‪ 3‬ـ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫‪ 4‬ـ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻗﻴﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5‬ـ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻣﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪﻳﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6‬ـ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ـ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻴﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺰﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪7 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫‪ 2‬ـ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ‬
‫‪ -2-1‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﮊﻩ " ﻓﻴﻮﺯ ﻣﻴﻨﻴﺎﺗﻮﺭﻱ " ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-1-1‬ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻭ ﻭﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻭ ﻭﺻﻞ ) ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ( ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-1-2‬ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻭ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻭ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻧﻲ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-1-3‬ﻓﻴﻮﺯ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺫﻭﺏ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻲ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-1-4‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ) ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ (‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ;‬
‫ـ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ‪ ,‬ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ـ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ـ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-1-5‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﺎﺧﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﺎﺧﻪﺍﻳﺴﺖ ) ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪ (2-3-20‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﺎﺧﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-2‬ﺗﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫‪ -2-2-1‬ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬

‫‪8 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻓﺰﻭﻧﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬


‫‪ -2-2-2‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-2-3‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ ) ﺍﻣﭙﺪﺍﻧﺲ ( ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻢ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-2-4‬ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-2-5‬ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ) ﻣﺠﺰﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ( ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-2-6‬ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-2-7‬ﻗﻄﺐ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺐ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ‪ ,‬ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﺠﺰﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻭ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-2-7-1‬ﻗﻄﺐ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻫﺎﺳﺎﺯ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ) ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫‪(2-3-6‬‬

‫‪9 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫‪ -2-2-7-2‬ﻗﻄﺐ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‬


‫ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺭﻫﺎﺳﺎﺯ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ) ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ 2-3-6‬ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪(,‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﺬﺍﻟﻚ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ‪ ,‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﮋﻩﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫‪ (2‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-2-7-3‬ﻗﻄﺐ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻭ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻧﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺻﺮﻓﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻭ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻮﻝ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﺩ ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-2-8‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-2-9‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-2-10‬ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍ‬
‫‪ -2-2-10-1‬ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬
‫ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ )‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ (‬
‫‪ -2-2-10-2‬ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﺒﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺩﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ـ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-2-11‬ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﺰﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺁﻥ ) ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ( ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻭ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺁﻥ )‬

‫‪10 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ( ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-2-12‬ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫‪ -2-2-13‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫‪ -2-2-14‬ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻼﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻼﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ‪ ) .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻣﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ (‬
‫‪ -2-3‬ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫‪ -2-3-1‬ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺖ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-3-2‬ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺖ ﻗﻮﺱ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺁﻥ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺖ ﻗﻮﺱ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺖ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺩ ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺖ ﻣﺠﺰﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻨﺤﻮﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺯﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-3-4‬ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺖ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ) ﻣﺜﻼ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-3-5‬ﺭﻫﺎﺳﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ) ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬

‫‪11 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﻳﻜﭙﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ( ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ‬


‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-3-6‬ﺭﻫﺎﺳﺎﺯ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺭﻫﺎﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻫﺎﺳﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-3-7‬ﺭﻫﺎﺳﺎﺯ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ‬
‫ﺭﻫﺎﺳﺎﺯ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﻫﺎﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺳﻮﻕ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-3-8‬ﺭﻫﺎﺳﺎﺯ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻫﺎﺳﺎﺯ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-3-9‬ﺭﻫﺎﺳﺎﺯ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺭﻫﺎﺳﺎﺯ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-3-10‬ﺟﺰﺀ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﻟﺰﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-3-11‬ﺟﺰﺀ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ‬
‫ﺟﺰﺀ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﻟﻤﺲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﺮﻗﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﻗﺪﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﻭ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -32-12‬ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ‬

‫‪12 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬


‫‪ -2-3-13‬ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﭽﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﺒﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺩﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﻩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-3-14‬ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺣﻔﺮﻩ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺟﺎﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺳﺎﻗﻪ ﭘﻴﭻ ) ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ ( ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺴﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺳﺎﻗﻪ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻗﻄﻌﻪﺍﻱ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﻗﻪ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻭ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-3-15‬ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﭽﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺳﺮﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺴﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺳﺮﭘﻴﭻ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫‪ ,‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-3-16‬ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﮔﻞ ﻣﻴﺨﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻬﺮﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ‪,‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ) ﻩ ( ﺷﻜﻞ ) ﻩ ‪ (2‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-3-17‬ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺯﻳﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻳﻚ ﮔﻴﺮﻩ ﺯﻳﻨﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ) ﻩ ( ﺷﻜﻞ ) ﻩ ‪ (3‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬

‫‪13 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫‪ -2-3-18‬ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﻮﺋﻲ‬


‫ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﻳﺎ ﮔﻞ ﻣﻴﺨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﻮ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻃﺮﺡﺭﻳﺰﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ) ﻩ ( ﺷﻜﻞ ) ﻩ ‪ (4‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-3-19‬ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﭘﻴﭻ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺐ ﻳﻚ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻢﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻧﻲ ﺩﻭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﻨﺮ ‪ ,‬ﮔﻮﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﻭ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻭ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺠﺰ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺁﻥ ‪ ,‬ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-3-20‬ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺟﺎﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﻴﻢﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺟﻬﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻨﺮ ) ﻫﺎ ( ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-3-21‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ) ﺳﺨﺘﻲ (‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ) ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ( ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻁ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﻴﭻ ‪ ,‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻭﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺤﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺭﺯﻭﻩﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-3-22‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪14 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (1‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-3-23‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ) ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻗﻼﻭﻳﺰ (‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (2‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-4‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫‪ -2-4-1‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-4-2‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-4-3‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺻﺮﻓﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻧﺮﮊﻱ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-4-4‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺮﮊﻱ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ,‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﺮﮊﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻋﻤﻞ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻨﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﭘﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-4-5‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻗﻄﻊ ـ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺁﻥ ‪ ,‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫‪ ,‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﺤﻈﻪﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-5‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺫﻛﺮ‬

‫‪15 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬


‫‪ -2-5-1‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻛﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-5-2‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻣﭙﺪﺍﻧﺲ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﻴﻮﻩﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-5-3‬ﻗﻠﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥﮔﺬﺭﺍ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺁﻥ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺪﻩﺍﻝ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻝ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻣﭙﺪﺍﻧﺲ ﺑﻲﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﭙﺪﺍﻧﺲ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻈﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﻲ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻓﺎﺯ ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻔﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-5-4‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻗﻠﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞ ‪ ,‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﻟﺤﻈﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻲﺍﻓﺘﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻓﺎﺯ ‪ ,‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻗﻠﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-5-5‬ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻭ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,‬ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺻﻞ ‪ ,‬ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻧﺶ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺁﻥ‬

‫‪16 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ‪.‬‬


‫‪ -2-5-5-1‬ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻗﻄﻌﻲ ‪ ,‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ‪ ,‬ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ‪ 85%‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-5-5-2‬ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻗﻄﻌﻲ ‪ ,‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ‪ 85%‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ـ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-5-6‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺩﺭ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻗﻮﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-5-7‬ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﺨﺘﺺ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﻚ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-5-8‬ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺖ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻭﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﮔﺬﺭﺍ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﺺ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﻚ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-5-8-1‬ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﮔﺬﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﻃﻲ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻣﻬﻢ ﮔﺬﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﮔﺬﺭﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‬

‫‪17 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ‬


‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻓﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-5-8-2‬ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻭﻛﺶ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﮔﺬﺭﺍ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-5-9‬ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺭﻫﺎﺳﺎﺯ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎ ‪ ,‬ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻕ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪,‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻗﻴﻖﺗﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺗﺎ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-5-10‬ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﺱ‬
‫‪ -2-5-10-1‬ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﺱ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﺐ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺗﺎ ﻟﺤﻈﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-5-10-2‬ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﺱ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺗﺎ ﻟﺤﻈﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-5-11‬ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﺱ‬
‫‪ ) 2-5-12- I2t‬ﺍﻧﺘﮕﺮﺍﻝ ﮊﻭﻝ (‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﮕﺮﺍﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺷﺪﺕ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬

‫‪ -2-5-13‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ‪ I2t‬ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬

‫‪18 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ‪ I2t‬ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺩﺭ‬


‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-5-14‬ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺳﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-5-14-1‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻲ ـ ﺣﺪﻱ )‪(IS‬‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻊ ـ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻗﻮﺱ )‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻴﻮﺯﻫﺎ ( ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ) ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ( ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻲ ـ ﺣﺪﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪,‬‬
‫ـ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﻭ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﺮﻱ ‪ ,‬ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ ‪ ) ,‬ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺐ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ (‬
‫ـ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﻭ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﺮﻱ ‪ ,‬ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ‪,‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ ‪ ) .‬ﻣﻨﺘﺨﺐ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ (‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ‪ I2t‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ـ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-5-14-2‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﺪ )‪IB) 4‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺕ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ـ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺩﻭ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺩﻭ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﺮﻱ ‪ ,‬ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺗﺎ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻥ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ( 2‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ‪ I2t‬ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ –‬

‫‪19 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬


‫‪ -2-5-15‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻱ )‪(Int‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺕ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ) ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻱ ( ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-5-16‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻱ )‪(It‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺪﺕ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ) ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻱ ( ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-5-17‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻟﺤﻈﻪﺍﻱ )‪(Iit‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﻤﺪﻱ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-5-18‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ) ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ) ﺏ ( ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ (‬
‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ‪ ,‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺭﻗﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻔﺮﻭﺽ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (9‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2-5-19‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺧﺰﺷﻲ ) ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ) ﺏ ( ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ (‬
‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻳﻚ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺧﺰﺷﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ‪ ,‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺭﻗﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻔﺮﻭﺽ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (9‬ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ـ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‬
‫‪ -3-1‬ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ـ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ‬
‫ـ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

‫‪20 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ـ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺳﻪ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ‬


‫ـ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺳﻪ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻪ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ـ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ـ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ) ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ (2-2-7-2‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫ـ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻭ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ) ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ (2-2-7-3‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3-2-‬ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ـ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ) ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ (‬
‫ـ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﺯ ) ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ (‬
‫‪ -3-3‬ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ـ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﻭﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ـ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﻮﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ـ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻳﻲ ‪ ,‬ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻧﻴﺰ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺭﻳﻞ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3-4‬ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫ـ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪:‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ـ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﺎﺧﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫ـ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﻩﺍﻱ‬
‫ـ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﭘﻴﭽﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﺎﺧﻪﺍﺋﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﻩﺍﺋﻲ ﺻﺮﻓﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺳﻴﻢﻛﺸﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3-5‬ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻟﺤﻈﻪﺍﺋﻲ ) ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪(2-5-17‬‬
‫ـ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪B‬‬
‫ـ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪C‬‬
‫ـ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪D‬‬

‫‪21 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3-6‬ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ‪I2t‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ‪ I2t‬ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ) ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫)‪ (,5‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ‪ I2t‬ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ـ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ -4-1‬ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎ ) ﺑﻨﺪ ‪(3-1‬‬
‫ـ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ) ﺑﻨﺪ ‪(3-2‬‬
‫ـ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ) ﺑﻨﺪ ‪(3-3‬‬
‫ـ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ) ﺑﻨﺪ ‪(3-4‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ) ﺑﻨﺪ ‪(4-3-1‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ) ﺑﻨﺪ ‪(4-3-2‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ) ﺑﻨﺪ ‪(4-3-3‬‬
‫ـ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻟﺤﻈﻪﺍﺋﻲ ) ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ 3-5‬ﻭ ‪(4-3-5‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ) ﺑﻨﺪ ‪(4-3--4‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ‪(I2t (2-5-13‬‬
‫ـ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ‪ ) I2t‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ـ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪(3-6‬‬
‫‪ -4-2‬ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫‪ -4-2-1‬ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ )‪(Ue‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ) ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫( ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ‪ ,‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ) ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺺ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ (‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ‬

‫‪22 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬


‫‪ -4-2-1-2‬ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﻋﺎﻳﻖﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ )‪(Ui‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻋﺎﻳﻖﺑﻨﺪﻱ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﮕﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻋﺎﻳﻖﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4-2-2‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ )‪(In‬‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻼﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ) ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ (2-2-14‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ,‬ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ 30º‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪,‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫‪ ,‬ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺺ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4-2-3‬ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ‪ ,‬ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺷﺒﻜﻪﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4-2-4‬ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ )‪(Icn‬‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ) ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ (2-5-5-1‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪) (Icn) .‬‬
‫ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻳﻚ (‬
‫‪ -4-3‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﻲ‬
‫‪ -4-3-1‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﻲ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﻲ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺟﺪﻭﻝﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ;‬

‫‪23 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻳﻬﺎـ ‪ 1‬ـ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ )‪ (6‬ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻮﻕ‬


‫ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊﻫﺎﻱ ‪ 230/400‬ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊﻫﺎﻱ ‪ 220/380‬ﻭ ‪ 240/415‬ﻭﻟﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ـ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎﻱ ‪ IT‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4-3-2‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺁﻣﭙﺮ ‪ 125‬ﻭ ‪100 , 80 , 63 , 50 , 40 , 31 , 25 , 20 , 16 , 13 , 10 , 8 ,‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪ -4-3-3‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ‪ 50Hz :‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ) ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪(1-1‬‬
‫‪ -4-3-4‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫‪ -4-3-4-1‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ 10000‬ﺁﻣﭙﺮ‬

‫‪24 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺸﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ (8-12-5‬ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬


‫‪ -4-3-4-2‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 10000‬ﺁﻣﭙﺮ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ 25000‬ﺁﻣﭙﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﻲ ‪ 20000A‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ (8-12-5‬ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4-3-5‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻟﺤﻈﻪﺍﺋﻲ )‪(Iit‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 5‬ـ ﻋﻼﻣﺖﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬


‫ﻫﺮ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻭﺷﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻋﻼﻣﺖﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ ـ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺏ ـ ﻣﺪﻝ ‪ ,‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻮﮒ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺮﻳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺝ ـ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﻳﺎ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺩـ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ “ ‪ “ A‬ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪﻫﺎﻱ ‪ B,C‬ﻭ ‪ D‬ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻟﺤﻈﻪﺍﺋﻲ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪B16‬‬
‫ﻩ ‪ -‬ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬

‫‪25 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ) ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪(4-3-3‬‬


‫ﻭـ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺁﻣﭙﺮ‬
‫ﺯـ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ ‪ ,‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺡ ـ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ‪ ,‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 30º‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ )) ﺩ (( ﻋﻼﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,‬ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺩﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﺭﺝ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻫﺎﻱ ) ﺍﻟﻒ ـ ﺏ ـ ﺝ ـ ﻩ ـ ﻭ ( ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻋﻼﻣﺖﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ )) ﻅ (( ﺭﺍ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺳﻴﻢﻛﺸﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺒﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﻨﺪﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭ ‪ ,‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ‪ I2t‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﺪ ‪ ) .‬ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪(2-5-13‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺗﻜﻤﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ " ‪ " O‬ﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ " ‪ ) " I‬ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ‪ (.‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺩﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺗﻜﻤﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺗﻜﻤﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﮓ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ " ‪ " O‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻜﻤﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻜﻤﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻜﻤﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺗﻜﻤﻪ ‪,‬‬
‫ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺗﻜﻤﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬

‫‪26 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ )) ﺩ (( ﻋﻼﻣﺖﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻬﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪,‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻠﺸﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻋﻼﻣﺖﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ ‪ .‬ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺻﺮﻓﺎ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ " ‪ " N‬ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ) .‬ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ‬


‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ‪(5019-417 - IEC‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺖﮔﺬﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ‪ ,‬ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ‪ ,‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻋﻴﻨﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﺪ )‪ (8-3‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6‬ـ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6-1‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬
‫ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﺯ ‪ 40‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ‪ 24‬ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ‪+35º‬‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺣﺪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ‪ -5º‬ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 40º‬ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ )‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺺ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻲ ( ﻭ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ -5º‬ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6-2‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺯ ‪ 2000‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪27 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ‪ ,‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﻱ‬


‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻚ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 2000‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6-3‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ‪ 50%‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪40º‬‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪ 90%‬ﺩﺭ ‪ 20º‬ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﻣﺎ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺷﺒﻨﻢ‬
‫‪ -6-4‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 7‬ـ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ‬
‫‪ -7-1‬ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫‪ -7-1-1‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﺤﻮﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻱ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﻄﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻓﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-1-2‬ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻭ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺤﻮﻱ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺻﻮﻻ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻭ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﭼﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪,‬‬

‫‪28 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺻﺮﻓﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﺐ ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻭ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﺐﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻭ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ) ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ (,2-4-4‬ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺻﻮﻻ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡ ﻗﻄﻊ ـ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﺎﺧﻪﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﺍﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ) ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫‪ (2-2-8‬ﻳﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﺯ ) ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ (2-2-9‬ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﻫﺎ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺍﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ) ﻫﺎ ( ﻳﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ) ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ( ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ) ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪(5‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ‪ ,‬ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻬﺎ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰ ﺳﻮﻣﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪29 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺟﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻜﻤﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺟﺪﺍﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﻜﻤﻪﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﻭﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-1-3‬ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺰﺷﻲ ) ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺏ (‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺰﺷﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (3‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪30 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ‪ 1‬ـ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺑﺮﻗﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﺎﺧﻪﺍﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ‬

‫‪31 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﺁﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬


‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ‪ 2‬ـ ﺑﺎﺯﻧﮕﺮﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 3‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ‪ 3‬ـ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ) ﺩ (‬
‫ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ‪ 4‬ـ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺑﺮﻗﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫)‪ (411-3-3‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ‪ 41-4-364 IEC‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-1-4‬ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ‪ ,‬ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫‪ -7-1-4-1‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻋﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ) ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪(2-3-22‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻬﺮﻩﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ـ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﺜﻨﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪ 8-4‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪8-8 , 8-9 , 8-12 ,‬‬
‫‪ 8-13‬ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-1-4-2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺯﻭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪﺍﺵ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﺞ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ‬

‫‪32 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺯﻭﻩﻫﺎﻱ‬


‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-1-4-3‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻨﺤﻮﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﺍﻣﻴﻚ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻨﺮﻳﺖ ﻻﺯﻣﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﻘﺒﺎﺽ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-1-4-4‬ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺎﺩﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﺲ ‪,‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﺲ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ـ ﺁﻟﻴﺎﮊﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ 58%‬ﺁﻥ ﻣﺲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻳﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ 50%‬ﻣﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ‪ ,‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻠﺰﺍﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻠﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺲ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺗﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻬﺎ ‪ ,‬ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ‪ ,‬ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﺯﺍ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻲﻣﺘﺎﻟﻬﺎ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ‪ ,‬ﺷﻨﺖﻫﺎ ‪ ,‬ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ‪,‬‬
‫ﻣﻬﺮﻩﻫﺎ ‪ ,‬ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎ ‪ ,‬ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻤﻮﻝ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-1-5‬ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺎﺩﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫‪ -7-1-5-1‬ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺎﺩﻳﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻨﺤﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺻﺮﻓﺎ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺎﺩﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﻲ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬

‫‪33 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬


‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺳﺮ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎ ‪ ,‬ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﺩﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻤﻲ ‪ ,‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﻨﻪﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻧﺮﻭﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﺎﺧﻪﺍﺋﻲ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﻩﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺣﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪ 8-5‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-1-5-2‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺩﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻧﺎﻣﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 4‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻃﺮﺣﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ) ﻩ ( ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫‪34 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫‪ -7-1-5-3‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ) ﮔﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ( ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ‬


‫ﻫﺎﺩﻳﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪ 5-8‬ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-1-5-4‬ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺗﺎ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ‪ 32A‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﺩﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺻﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﮊﻩ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﺤﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﻮﻫﺎ ‪ ,‬ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻭ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﭽﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ‪ ,‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪35 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫‪ -7-1-5-5‬ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬


‫ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻫﺎﺩﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺭﺯﻭﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺮﻳﻚ‬
‫‪ ISO‬ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪ 8-4‬ﻭ ‪8-5-1‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-1-5-6‬ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪﺍﻳﻲ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺻﺪﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-5-2‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-1-5-7‬ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪﺍﻳﻲ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪ 8-4‬ﻭ ‪ 8-5-1‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-1-5-8‬ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪﺍﻳﻲ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﻮﺋﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪ 8-5-3‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-1-5-9‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺷﻞ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺗﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ‪ ,‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ‪ ,‬ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻔﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺯﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻞ‬
‫ﮔﺸﺘﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻗﻠﻤﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ‪,‬‬
‫ـ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺯﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ـ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺭﺯﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

‫‪36 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ,‬ﻣﺨﺪﻭﺵ‬


‫ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪ 8-4‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-1-5-10‬ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻨﺤﻮ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺷﻞ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﻲ ﻣﻬﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻃﺮﺣﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ) ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ( ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﻻﺯﻣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻃﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﺗﺪﺍﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﻌﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻏﻴﺮﻋﻤﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-1-5-11‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻲ ‪ ,‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ‪ ,‬ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ) ﻩ ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺻﺮﻓﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﺎﺩﺋﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ,4‬ﻭ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-1-6‬ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ) ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﺎﺧﻪﺍﺋﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ( ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢﻛﺸﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪37 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬


‫ﻭﺍﮊﻩ " ﻛﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ " ﺩﺍﻝ ﺑﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-1-7‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﺎﺧﻪﺍﻳﻲ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ) ﻫﺎ ( ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-2‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺮﻕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻲ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺑﺮﻗﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺳﻴﻢﻛﺸﻲ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ )‬
‫ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪ (7-1-6‬ﻳﻚ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻤﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻟﻤﺲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ) .‬ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪(8-6‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﺎﺧﻪﺍﺋﻲ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻢﻛﺸﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ‪ ,‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﺁﺳﺘﺮ ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺑﺮﻗﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺗﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ .‬ﺁﺳﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺳﺮﺍﺳﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺮﻩ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻨﺤﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺷﺎﺧﻪﺍﺋﻲ ‪ ,‬ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺑﺮﻗﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ‬

‫‪38 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﻋﺎﻳﻖﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬


‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺜﻨﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻳﻖﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ‪ ,‬ﻗﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﻛﺎﺭ ‪ ,‬ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺷﺎﺧﻪﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻟﻤﺲ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺑﺮﻗﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻻﻙ ﻭ ﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-6‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-3‬ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺩﻱﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺩﻱﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻚ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (7-8‬ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-11‬ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫)‪ (,8-12‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-7-2‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ) ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫‪ (8-11-3‬ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺘﻲ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-7-1‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-4‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻣﺎ‬
‫‪ -7-4-1‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (,5‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻣﺎ ‪,‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (,8-8-2‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (5‬ﻓﺰﻭﻧﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺁﺳﻴﺒﻲ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﻞ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﺵ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫‪39 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫‪ -7-4-2‬ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻣﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (5‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (6-1‬ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-5‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻼﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺣﺘﻲ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-9‬ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-6‬ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ -7-6-1‬ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ـ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻲﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ـ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ) ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ( ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ‬

‫‪40 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 6‬ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬


‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺒﻨﺎ ) ﺭﺟﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪ (8-2‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ‪ 30º‬ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ‪ +5º‬ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ ) ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ (6‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-10‬ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﻣﺎﺩﺍﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ‪ 30º‬ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 6‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ‪ 1/2‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺩﻣﺎ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﻲ ﺍﺯ ‪ 30º‬ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ‬
‫ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﺖﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺒﻨﺎ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪41 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫‪ -7-6-2‬ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻱ‬
‫‪ -7-6-2-1‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫‪ 63A‬ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 63A‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-6-2-2‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ـ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻱ )‪(Int‬‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ‪ 1/13‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-6-2-3‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻱ )‪(It‬‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ‪ 1/45‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-6-3‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ‬

‫‪42 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (7-6-1‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬


‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺩﻣﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪) (8-2‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ( ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (6-1‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺒﻨﺎ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-6-3-1‬ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﻚ ﻓﺎﺯ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺻﺮﻓﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ‪,‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ 1/1 ,‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺳﻪ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ‪ 1/2 ,‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻱ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-10-3‬ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-7‬ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﻩﺍﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-11‬ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-8‬ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪,‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺮﺳﻨﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺪﺍﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺁﻏﺎﺯﮔﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺸﻲ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﻗﺪﺍﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﻗﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪43 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-12‬ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬


‫ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ‪,‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ‬
‫‪ (±5%) 1/05‬ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫)‪ (,8-12-5‬ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ‪ I2t‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ‪ I2t‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ) ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪(2-5-13‬‬
‫‪ -7-9‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺷﻮﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪ ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺖ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-13‬ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-10‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-14‬ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7-11‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺁﺗﺶ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻲﺭﺳﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺷﻌﻠﻪﻭﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺁﺗﺶ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-15‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪ ) .‬ﺭﺟﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻠﻲ ‪(3134‬‬
‫‪ -7-12‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺯﻧﮓﺯﺩﮔﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺯﻧﮓﺯﺩﮔﻲ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-16‬ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 8‬ـ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ -8-1‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ -8-1-1‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬

‫‪44 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ‪7‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﮔﺸﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -8-1-2‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺧﺬ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪﻳﻪ ‪ ,‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ‬


‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ) ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ( ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺫﻛﺮ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ )‪ (8‬ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪45 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫‪ -8-1-2-2‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬


‫ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ) ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ‪,‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺳﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪ (4-2‬ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ) ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻟﺤﻈﻪﺍﻳﻲ ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ )‪ (9‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﺒﻮﻟﻲ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 9‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫‪46 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺭﺿﺎﻳﺖﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺮﻱ ﻣﺠﺰﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺳﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ) ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ‪(D0‬‬

‫‪ -8-1-2-2‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ‬

‫‪47 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻳﻜﺴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻭ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-1-2-2-1‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ 10‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ 11‬ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﺍﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﻗﻠﻤﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ‪ ,‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪,‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻒ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺖ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ‪ ,‬ﭘﻴﻜﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻭ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻳﻖﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻋﻤﻞ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻨﺪ ) ﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ـ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻟﺤﻈﻪﺍﻳﻲ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻨﺪ ) ﺝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ـ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻚ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﺋﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬

‫‪48 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﺐ ‪.‬‬


‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ ( ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺏ ( ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺝ ( ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ـ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻟﺤﻈﻪﺍﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺩ ( ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ -8-1-2-2-2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻟﺤﻈﻪﺍﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (5-5‬ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﮔﺸﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 10‬ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﺍﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-1-2-2-3‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﻩ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-1-2-3-1‬ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (3-5‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻃﺒﻘﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻟﺤﻈﻪﺍﺋﻲ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (11‬ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﺍﺩ ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (10‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪49 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


ISIRI 2611 http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm

50 of 120 14/05/2007 09:07 ‫ﺻﺒﺢ‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫‪ -8-2‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺩﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 20‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ,25ºC‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ,‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮﺗﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪,‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮﺗﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ )‪ (12‬ﺳﻴﻢﻛﺸﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ ,‬ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 20mm‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺗﻲ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ‪ ,‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻳﻜﻪ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ‬

‫‪51 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺩﻗﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻟﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬


‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ,‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮﺗﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫‪ ±5Hz‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥﻫﺎ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (,8-8) , (9-8) , (10-8) , (11-8‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ;‬
‫‪ 1‬ـ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ‪ PVC‬ﻳﻚ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻠﻲ ‪ ,607‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ـ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-10-2‬ﻭ )‪ (,11-8‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻚ ﻓﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎ ﺳﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪,‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ـ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ـ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻫﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﻗﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪,‬‬
‫ـ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ 10‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ـ ‪ 2‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 10‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﮔﺸﺘﺎﻭﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ )‪ (13‬ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪52 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫‪ -8-3‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻋﻼﻣﺘﻬﺎ‬


‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺪﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻜﻪ ﭘﻨﺒﻪ ﺧﻴﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻜﻪ ﭘﻨﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺣﻼﻝ ﻫﮕﺰﺍﻥ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ‪ ,‬ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ 15‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺣﻼﻝ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﻼﻝ ﻫﮕﺰﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪0/1‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻴﺪﺭﻭﻛﺮﺑﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺭﻭﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻋﺪﺩﻱ ﻛﻮﺭﻱ ﺑﻮﺗﺎﻧﻮﻝ‬
‫‪ ,29‬ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ,65‬ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 69‬ﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ‪ 0/68 g/cm2‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﮔﻴﺮﻱ ‪ ,‬ﭘﺮﺱ ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻨﺪﻩﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺣﺘﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺒﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﺴﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺯ ???‬
‫ﭼﺮﻭﻙ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-4‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ ‪ ,‬ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‬

‫‪53 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (7-1-4‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﻭ‬


‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﻩﻫﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫‪ ,‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺫﻳﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﻩﻫﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﻩ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ‬
‫ـ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻭ ﺷﻞ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺯﻭﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﺟﺎﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﺷﺘﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺁﭼﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎ ﮔﺸﺘﺎﻭﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (13‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﻩﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺷﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﻩﻫﺎ ‪ ,‬ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (13‬ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻲﺳﺮﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻧﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﺷﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻱ ﭘﻬﻦﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﺮ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (13‬ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﺷﺘﻲ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪,‬‬

‫‪54 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (13‬ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﻩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﺷﺘﻲ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺳﺮ ﺷﺶ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﺷﺘﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 2‬ﻭ ‪ 3‬ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪,‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﮔﺸﺘﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ ﺷﺶ ﮔﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﮔﺸﺘﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﺷﺘﻲ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﮔﺸﺘﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪,‬‬
‫ﺻﺮﻓﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﺷﺘﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺻﺪﻣﺎﺗﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﮔﻲ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺮﭘﻴﭻ ‪ ,‬ﺭﺯﻭﻩﻫﺎ ‪ ,‬ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻛﺎﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺷﺨﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﺳﻴﺒﻲ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﭘﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﺷﺘﻲ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺷﺎﺧﻪﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﺎﺧﻪﺍﻳﻲ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ) ﻫﺎ ( ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻞ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ) ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-11-3‬ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺸﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (11-8‬ﻭ )‪ (8-12-12‬ﻭ )‪ (,8-12-2‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-12‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﺎﺧﻪﺍﻳﻲ ‪ ,‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﺨﺘﻞ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻗﻠﻤﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-5‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺎﺩﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (7-1-5‬ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-4‬ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻣﺴﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ‬

‫‪55 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (4‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ‬


‫‪ -8-5-1‬ﻫﺎﺩﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (,4‬ﺗﻚ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪﻩ ‪ ,‬ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﺍﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺰ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﺠﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﻭﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫‪ ,‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺸﺘﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (13‬ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ) ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ( ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (14‬ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺸﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻳﻜﺪﻗﻴﻘﻪ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-5-2‬ﻫﺎﺩﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺴﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (,4‬ﺗﻚ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪﻩ ‪ ,‬ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺟﺎﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﮔﺸﺘﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫)‪ (13‬ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻧﺪﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻴﺰ ﺩﻻﻟﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫‪56 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ‪ ,‬ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﺷﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬


‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺻﺪﻣﻪﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ ,‬ﺭﺯﻭﻩﻫﺎ ‪ ,‬ﻭﺍﺷﺮﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻛﺎﺑﻬﺎ ‪ ,‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-5-3‬ﻫﺎﺩﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻣﺴﻲ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫)‪ (15‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺟﺎﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ‪ ,‬ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺷﻜﻞ‬


‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺟﺎﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ‪,‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﻭﻳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻬﺮﻩ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺸﺘﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (13‬ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ‪ ,‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪57 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫‪ -8-6‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺮﻕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻲ‬


‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ‪ ,‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(9‬‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ) ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (7-1-6‬ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ( ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (4‬ﺳﻴﻢﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺪﺕ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﻚ ‪ 90‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ ‪,‬‬
‫ﺻﺮﻓﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻤﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺑﺮﻗﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ??? ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻣﭗ ﺑﺎ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫‪ 40‬ﻭﻟﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺫﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‪ 35±2º‬ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﻮﻙ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ 75‬ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﻨﻴﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺨﺘﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﭘﻮﻟﻜﻲﻫﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻗﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻟﻤﺲ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬

‫‪58 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﻛﺶ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬


‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ‪ ) .‬ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪(7-1-6‬‬
‫‪ -8-7‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺩﻱﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻚ‬
‫‪ -8-7-1‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﭽﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻮﻟﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ) ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ( ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺘﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺳﺮﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻓﻨﺮﻫﺎ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-7-1-2‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 90‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 95%‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻣﺎ )‪ (T‬ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 20‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 30ºC‬ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫‪ ±1ºC‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺘﻲ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ T‬ﻭ ‪ 4º + T‬ﻣﻲﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-7-1-3‬ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ 48‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺘﻲ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 91‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 95‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺳﺪﻳﻢ )‪ (Na2So4‬ﻳﺎ ﻧﻴﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﭘﺘﺎﺳﻴﻢ )‪ (KNO3‬ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ‪,‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺤﻮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻋﺎﻳﻖﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-7-1-4‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺻﺪﻣﻪﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬

‫‪59 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (7- 8-4‬ﻭ )‪ (7 - 8-3‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-7-2‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-7-1‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻭﻗﻔﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 30‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 60‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ‪ 5‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻳﻚ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ‪ ,‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ )‪ 7)- 50‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ ( ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ( ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺝ ( ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺭﻗﻪ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩ ( ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻩ ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺳﺘﺮﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻭﺭﻗﻪ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺁﺳﺘﺮﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻒ ( ﺏ ( ﺝ ( ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﮊﻩ ﻗﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪﻩ ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺭﻗﻪ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺭﻕ ﻧﺎﺯﻙ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬

‫‪60 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ـ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (7-2‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺩﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻟﻒ ( ﻭ ﻩ ( ﻭﺭﻗﻪ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﻨﺤﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺛﺮﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪ 2(MΩ‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻒ ﻭ ﺏ‬
‫)‪ 5(MΩ‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫‪ -8-7-3‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻚ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-7-2‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-7-5‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-7-2‬ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ 5‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﺟﻬﺸﻲ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻓﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻏﻤﺎﺽ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-7-4‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﻱﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻚ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-7-5‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ ( ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ) ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫( ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺏ ـ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ) ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻣﺠﺰﺍ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ( ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ‪.‬‬

‫‪61 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ‪ :‬ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ) .‬ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺩ (‬
‫‪ -8-7-5‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻤﻼ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺳﻴﻨﻮﺳﻲ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺴﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 45‬ﺗﺎ‬
‫‪ 65‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫‪ 0/2‬ﺁﻣﭙﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 100‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲﺁﻣﭙﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺴﻔﻮﺭﻣﺎﺗﻮﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﻔﺎﺩ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ‬
‫)‪ V) 2000‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ) ﺍﻟﻒ ( ﺗﺎ ) ﺩ ( ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪(8-7-2‬‬
‫)‪ V) 2500‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ) ﻩ ( ﺍﺯ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪(8-7-2‬‬
‫ﺏ ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺸﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 1000V‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ )‪ (Ui‬ﺍﺯ ‪ 60V‬ﻓﺰﻭﻧﻲ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ,1000V + 2Ut‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ 1500V‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ )‪ (Ui‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ 60V‬ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ‪ :‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﻓﻮﻕﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ) .‬ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺩ (‬
‫‪ -8-8‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻣﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﻼﻑ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪ -8-8-1‬ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬
‫ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺩﻭ ﺩﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺳﻨﺠﺶ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ( ﺩﺭ ﺭﺑﻊ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻣﺎﺳﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻱ ﺗﺸﻌﺸﻌﻲ‬

‫‪62 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬


‫‪ -8-8-2‬ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ )‪ (In‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻛﻠﻮﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻪ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻪ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺳﭙﺲ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻣﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫)‪ (5‬ﻓﺰﻭﻧﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-8-3‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (5‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻠﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺎﺯﻙ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻣﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻲ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-8-4‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺰﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-8-3‬ﻭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫)‪ (8-8-1‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-8-5‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺗﻼﻑ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ )‪ (In‬ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 30V‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺫﺍﺗﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ )‪ V)30‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫‪63 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺍﺗﻼﻑ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﺐ ‪ ,‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻓﺖ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﺎﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (16‬ﻓﺰﻭﻧﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻓﺖ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -8-9‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ‪ 28‬ﺭﻭﺯﻩ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ 28‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺩﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ 21‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ 30V‬ﻭ ‪ 3‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪(8-2‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ‪ ,‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫‪64 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻣﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 15K‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻣﺎ ) ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪ (8-8‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻣﺎ ‪ ,‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻱ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-10‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺕ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪(7-6-1‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-10-1‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺕ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ـ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ -8-10-1-1‬ﺑﺎ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ )‪ Int) 1/13‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ) ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (7-6-1‬ﻭ )‪ (7-6-2-1‬ﻭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪(16‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪ 5‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ )‪ It) 1/45‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-10-1-2‬ﺑﺎ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ‪ In 2/55‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ‪ 60‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺗﺎ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ‪ 32‬ﺁﻣﭙﺮ‬
‫ـ ‪ 120‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 32‬ﺁﻣﭙﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫‪ -8-10-2‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻟﺤﻈﻪﺍﻳﻲ‬
‫‪ -8-10-2-1‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ" ‪" B‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ 3 In‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ 0/1‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ )‪ In)5‬ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ‬

‫‪65 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 0/1‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-10-2-2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ " ‪" C‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ‪ 5 In‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 0/1‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ )‪ In)10‬ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻴﻢ ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 0/1‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-10-2-3‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ " ‪" D‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ )‪ In)10‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ 0/1‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ )‪ In) 50‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 0/1‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-10-3‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﻚ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺕ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻔﺎﺩ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫)‪ (8-2‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (7-6-3-1‬ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻱ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-10-4‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺕ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ ( ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ‪ 35±2º‬ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺒﻨﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ‪ ) 1/13‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻱ ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪ 5‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ In 1/9‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻱ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪66 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺏ ( ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ‪ 10±2º‬ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻠﻮﺱ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ‬


‫ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﺒﻨﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ‪ In‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻱ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-11‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻭ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫‪ -8-11-1‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ,‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺮ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪(8-2‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻛﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺮﻱ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻛﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫‪ 0/6‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻛﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﺭﺍﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺫﺍﺗﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺳﻴﻨﻮﺳﻲ ﻭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 0/85‬ﺗﺎ‬
‫‪ 0/9‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻚ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺑﺎ ‪,‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﺐ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ,‬ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻚ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫)‪ (,4-3-1-4‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ) ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 220V‬ﻳﺎ ‪ (240V‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﺩﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (12‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-11-2‬ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ‬

‫‪67 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ‪ 4000‬ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ‬


‫‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺑﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻳﻚ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ‪ In≤32A ,‬ﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ‪ 240‬ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ 13‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ‪ 32A <In‬ﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ‪120‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ 28‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ـ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﻧﺰﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺁﺯﺍﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﻤﺎﻧﻌﺖ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ‪ ,‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 25+0/1‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻜﻤﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ‪ ,‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺫﺍﺗﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ) ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻴﺶ ( ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-11-3‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-11-2‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ;‬
‫ـ ـ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺗﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ـ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﺰﺍ ﺁ ﺑﺮﻗﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﻚ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ ) ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪(8-6‬‬

‫‪68 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ـ ـ ﺷﻞ ﮔﺸﺘﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬


‫ـ ـ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ ‪ ,‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻔﺎﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-10-1-2‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻚ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-7-3‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊﻱ ‪ 500V‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-7-5‬ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺘﻲ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-12‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ‬
‫‪ -8-12-1‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ )‪ (17‬ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ‪ 500‬ﺁﻣﭙﺮ ﻳﺎ ‪ 10In‬ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-12-11-2‬ﻭ ‪ 1500‬ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪(8-12-11-3-2‬‬
‫ﻭ )‪ (8-12-7‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ 6000‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ) ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫‪ (2-5-5-2‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-12-11-3-2‬ﻭ )‪(8-12-12-1‬‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ‪ ,‬ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻀﺮﺏ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ )‪ (19‬ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ;‬
‫ـ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ) ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (4-2-4‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-12-11-3-3‬ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-12-2‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫‪69 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫‪ -8-12-2‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ‬


‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ‪ 105%‬ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻚ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ) ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪(230/400‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ‪ 105%‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ) ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ‪(420V‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-12-11-3-2‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩ ( ﻭ‬
‫)‪ (8-12-11-3-3‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺏ ( ﻭ ‪ 105%‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ) ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪(230V‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-12‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ) ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪V‬‬
‫‪ (120/240‬ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ‪ 105%‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ‪ 120V‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-12-11-2‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ‪ 105%‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ )‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪ (240V‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-12‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪70 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 105 (±5%)%‬ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬


‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪ .‬ﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-12-3‬ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﮔﻪ‬
‫ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫‪:‬‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ‪ ±5%‬ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ‪ ) ±5%‬ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺑﺮ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ (‬
‫ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ‪±5%‬‬
‫‪ -8-12-4‬ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 3‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 6‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻣﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻚ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ) ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(3‬‬
‫ـ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ) ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ) (4‬ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ (‬
‫ـ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺳﻪ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ) ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(5‬‬
‫ـ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ) ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(6‬‬
‫ـ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺳﻪ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ) ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(5‬‬
‫ـ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ) ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(6‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻛﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻣﭙﺪﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎﻱ ‪ Z‬ﻭ ‪ Z1‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺭﺍﻛﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻭﺝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ‪ ,‬ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺭﺍﻛﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻛﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻤﻼ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺕ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻛﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺭﺍﻛﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ‪ 0/6‬ﺩﺭﺻﺪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻣﻲﺩﻫﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺷﺎﻧﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻛﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺁﻫﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,‬ﺗﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫‪71 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺭﺍﻛﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﻛﺘﻮﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ‬


‫ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻣﭙﺪﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎﻱ ‪Z‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻭ )‪ (S‬ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺍﻣﭙﺪﺍﻧﺲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ‪ Z1‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ‪,‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ‪ 0/75‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﺐ ‪ ,‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (4‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ 0/5‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ‪ 0/25‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ )‪ (R2‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 0/5Ω‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺳﺮﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﺴﻲ )‪(F‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (3‬ﻭ )‪ (4a‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ـ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(4),(5‬ﻭ)‪ (6‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻭ ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﺴﻲ )‪ (F‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ‪ 50mm‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ 0/1mm‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ‪,‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻭ‬
‫ـ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ 0/3mm‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ـ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﺎﻱ )‪ (R1‬ﺑﺎ ﺟﺬﺏ ‪ 10A‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺎﺯ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﭙﺪﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪72 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫‪ -8-12-5‬ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ‬


‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺎﺯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ ,‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ) ﺍﻟﻒ ( ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻓﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺿﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩﻫﺎ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (18‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -8-12-6‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺻﺤﺖ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻠﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬


‫ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ‪ I2t‬ﻭ ‪ Itp‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪8-12-11-2) ,‬‬
‫‪ ((8-12-11-3‬ﻭ )‪ (8-12-11-4‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻪ ﻓﺎﺯ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ‪ I2t‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ I2t‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺛﺒﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺕ ‪ I2t‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-12-7‬ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮﺍﺳﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫‪ -8-12-7-1‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ‪ ,‬ﺍﺯ ﮔﻴﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ )‪ (G‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻣﭙﺪﺍﻧﺴﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻏﻤﺎﺽ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻣﭙﺪﺍﻧﺲ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 3‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 6‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪73 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫‪ -8-12-7-2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬


‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪(18‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﭙﺪﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎﻱ )‪ (Z‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ )‪ (G‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-12-7-3‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻣﭙﺪﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ )‪ (Z1‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻩﻫﺎﻱ )‪(G‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 3‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 6‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-12-8‬ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ ( ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (V‬ﺩﻻﻟﺖ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺷﻲ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻋﻤﻼ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ( ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ )‪ (c.a‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ )‪ (s.m.r‬ﻣﻮﻟﻔﻪ )‪ (c.a‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ) ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ )‪ (A2‬ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(V‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻓﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-12-9‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-12-9-1‬ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﮔﺸﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺻﺮﻓﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-12-9-2‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫)‪ (8-12-9-1‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪﺍﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬

‫‪74 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫‪ -8-12-9-1‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ‬


‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ) ﺯ ( ﺷﻜﻞ ) ﺯـ ‪ (1‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻕ ﭘﻠﻲﺍﺗﻴﻠﻦ ﻭ ﺣﺎﺋﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ‬
‫) ﺯ ( ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ )‪ (O‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ ) ﺯـ ‪ (1‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ) ﻫﺎ ( ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ) ﺯ ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺩﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﺰﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﺒﻚ‬
‫) ﻫﺎ ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ) ﻫﺎ ( ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺸﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻮﺍﻛﺸﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ‪,‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ) ﻫﺎ ( ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ) ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ) ﺯ ـ ‪ (3‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ )‪ (B‬ﻭ )‪(C‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ )‪ (3‬ﺗﺎ )‪ (,6‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻚ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ‬
‫‪ 220/380 , 230/400‬ﻭ ‪ 240/415‬ﻭﻟﺖ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ( ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ) ﻫﺎ ( ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﻳﺎﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (3‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ‪ 1/5‬ﺍﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﺴﻲ ) ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ) ﺯـ ‪ (3‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 50‬ﻭ ﻗﻄﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 0/12‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ )‪V)380 , (V)400 , (V)415 ,‬‬
‫‪(V)220/380 , (V.)230/40‬‬
‫)‪V)240/415‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ـ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ,1500‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ )‪ (a‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ‪ 35mm‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪ ,Icn‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ )‪ (a‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻱ ‪ ,40,45,50,...55‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 15000‬ﺁﻣﭙﺮ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫‪75 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫‪ -8-12-9-2‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﻭ ﺣﺎﺋﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ) ﺯـ ‪(1‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ) ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ( ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺘﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ) ﻫﺎ ( ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ) ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﺠﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ )'‪ (F‬ﻭ )'‪(R‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-12-9-1‬ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﮔﺸﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ) ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫‪ 3,4a,4b,5‬ﻳﺎ ‪(6‬‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺣﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ‪ ,‬ﻳﺎ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﺰﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ‪ ,‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻕ ﭘﻠﻲﺍﺗﻴﻠﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ) ﺯ ( ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ) ﺯ ‪(1-‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ 10mm‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-12-10‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-12-11-2‬ﻳﺎ )‪ (8-12-11-3‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫)‪ (8-12-11-4‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺮﺳﻨﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻲ ‪ ,‬ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﺟﻬﺸﻲ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺫﻭﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻓﻴﻮﺯ ‪ F‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻓﻴﻮﺯ '‪ F‬ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-12-11‬ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫‪ -8-12-11-1‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫"‪ "o‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫"‪ "Co‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫‪76 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫"‪ "t‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﭘﻴﺎﭘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ‪3‬‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﻱ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲﺗﺮ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻫﺎﺳﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ‪ t‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﺵ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺛﺒﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-12-11-2‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻣﭙﺪﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﻲ ‪ ) Z1‬ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-12-7-3‬ﺑﻨﺤﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ )‪ A)500‬ﻳﺎ ﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ‪ In‬ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺁﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 0/93‬ﺗﺎ ‪0/98‬‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺠﺰﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (3‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ )‪ (A‬ﻭ ﺳﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪CO-t-CO-t-CO-t-O-t-O-t-O-t-O-t-O-t-O‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻗﻮﺱ ‪ ,‬ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ 0/1‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ )‪ (A‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪,‬‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﺝ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ‪ ±5‬ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-12-11-3‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ‪ 6000‬ﺁﻣﭙﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ -8-12-11-3-1‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ‪ K‬ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫)‪ (19‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪77 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫‪ -8-12-11-3-2‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ) (‬


‫ﺍﻟﻒ ( ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-12-7-1‬ﻭ )‪ (8-12-7-3‬ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (,18‬ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﻲ‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻚ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(3‬‬
‫ـ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (4‬ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻗﻄﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺳﻪ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻪ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 5‬ﻭ ‪ 6‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻪ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ‪ ,‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ‪ ,‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻪ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻏﻴﺮﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻮﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻚ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ )‪ (A‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-12-11-2‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺩﻭ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬

‫‪78 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻜﺲ ‪ ,‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬


‫ﺏ ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻚ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﺫﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ‪:‬‬
‫‪O-t-O-t-CO‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ "‪ "O‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ )‪ (A‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺑﻨﺤﻮﻱ ﺳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ) ( ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 45‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ "‪ "O‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ‪ ,‬ﺩﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ "‪ "O‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎﻱ‬
‫‪ 15‬ﻭ ‪ 60‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎﻱ ‪ 30‬ﻭ ‪ ,75‬ﺳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ‪ ±5º‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (20‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺝ ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺳﻪ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﺫﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪O-t-CO-t-CO‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ "‪ "O‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ )‪ (A‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺑﻨﺤﻮﻱ ﺳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ )‪ (Xº‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ "‪ "O‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 60‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ "‪ "O‬ﺩﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻭ‬

‫‪79 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫‪ 60º‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ "‪ "O‬ﺳﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ‪ ±5‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺻﺮﻓﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (21‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩ ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻚ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (4-3-1-4‬ﺳﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬


‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (5‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺎﺯ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ )‪ (A‬ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (22‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ‪ I2t‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺗﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪.‬‬


‫‪ -8-12-11-3-3‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ )‪(Icn‬‬

‫‪80 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻒ ( ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-12-7-1‬ﻭ )‪(,8-12-7-2‬‬


‫ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫)‪ (8-12-11-3-2‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﺸﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺩﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻜﺲ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ "‪ ",O‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ‪ A‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ "‪ "O‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ‪ ,15º‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ‪ ,‬ﺳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 30º‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ‪ ±5º‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺻﺮﻓﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (23‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺏ ( ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻚ ﻗﻄﺒﻲ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (,4-3-1-4‬ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬


‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (5‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻓﺎﺯ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪,‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ )‪ (A‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺗﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪81 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (24‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫"‪ "O‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (24‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ‪ I2t‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺗﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪.‬‬


‫‪ -8-12-12‬ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-12-12-1‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-12-11-2‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫)‪ (8-12-11-3-2‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺻﺪﻣﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫‪ ,‬ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﻱﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻚ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-7-3‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 500‬ﻭﻟﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫)‪ (,8-7-5‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺘﻲ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﻱﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 24‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-12-11-3-2‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻴﻜﻪ ‪ %85‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻱ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ‪ ,‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪ 5‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺗﺎ ‪1/1‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﺩﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-12-12-2‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (,8-12-11-3-3‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ‬

‫‪82 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﻱ ‪ ,‬ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻚ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-7-3‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 900‬ﻭﻟﺖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺘﻲ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ‪ 2/8In‬ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﺎ ‪ 2/55In‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 0/1‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (24‬ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﺬﺍﻟﻚ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-12-10‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-12-12-3‬ﻭﺭﻕ ﭘﻠﻲﺍﺗﻴﻠﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﻭﻳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-13‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺷﻮﻙ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‬
‫‪ -8-13-1‬ﺷﻮﻙ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺷﻮﻙ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-13-1-1‬ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (8‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﻮﻛﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ )‪ (A‬ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺑﺘﻮﻧﻲ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ )‪ (B‬ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻜﻮ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ‬
‫ﭼﻮﺑﻲ )‪ (C‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ‪ B‬ﺁﻭﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ‪ D‬ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ,‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻨﺮ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻨﺮﻱ ‪ 25‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻨﺤﻮﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ‪ C‬ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ‪180‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻜﻮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ )‪ (C‬ﺑﻨﻮﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻻ ‪ 200‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ )‪ (C‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ‪ ,‬ﻳﻚ‬

‫‪83 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻭﺯﻧﻪ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪﺍﻳﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ‪ 25‬ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ ﮔﺸﺘﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﺎ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-13-1-2‬ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ‪,‬‬
‫ﺳﻜﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 40‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲﻣﺘﺮﻱ ‪ 50‬ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﺁﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ‪ ,‬ﺳﭙﺲ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ )‪ (C‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻜﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ‪ 50‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ‪ ,‬ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ‪ 90‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﺑﻨﺤﻮﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻻ ‪ 200‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲﻣﺘﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺳﻜﻮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ‪ 50‬ﺑﺎﺭ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ )‪ (C‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ‪ 50‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻲ ‪ ,‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ‪ ,‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-13-2‬ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﺭﺳﻲ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪ ) ,‬ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪ (7-1-6‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫)‪ (8-13-2-1‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪ (8-13-2-2‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫)‪ (8-13-2-3‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺭﻳﻞ‬

‫‪84 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫‪:‬‬
‫)‪ (8-13-2-4‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﺎﺧﻪﺍﻳﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-13-2-1‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ‪ 10‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 14‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﻴﻤﻜﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ‪ 10‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺟﻨﺲ ﭘﻠﻲﺁﻣﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺭﺍﻙ ﻭﻝ ‪ 100‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺟﺮﻡ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺯﻥ‬
‫‪ 150±1‬ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻧﻌﻄﺎﻑ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ‪ 9‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩ ‪ 0/5‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲﻣﺘﺮ ‪ ,‬ﻭﺻﻞ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻨﺤﻮﻱ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺗﺎﺏ ﺑﺨﻮﺭﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻟﻮﻻ ‪ 1000±1‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺯﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺭﺍﻙ ﻭﻝ ﭘﻠﻲﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺯﻥ ‪ ,‬ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ‪ 12/7±0/0025 mm :‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ـ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ‪ 100±2 :‬ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ‬
‫ـ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ‪ 500±2/5 :‬ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺭﺍﻙ ﻭﻝ‬
‫ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ) ASTM‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ‪ (1970-65-D786‬ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﺡ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪﺍﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ‪ 1/9‬ﺍﻟﻲ ‪2‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺯﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻳﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺗﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﻭﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪﺍﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻮﺏ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ )‪ mm)8‬ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ‪ ,175mm2‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻗﺎﺑﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,‬ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫)‪ (12‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪85 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺟﺮﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ )‪ kg) 10±1‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻟﻮﻻ ) ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ( ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﻮﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (13‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (14‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﺎﺧﻪﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺭﻭﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ‪ ,‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﮔﺸﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (13‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻮ ﻛﺎﺭ ‪ ,‬ﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (14‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻳﻲ ‪ ,‬ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻮﺏ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ )‪ mm) 8‬ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ‪ 175mm2‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﭻ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺭﻳﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺭﻳﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺭﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪﺍﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻨﺤﻮﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﺻﺎﺑﺖ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﮔﺬﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫‪86 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ‪ ,‬ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﻟﻜﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﻟﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺩﻭﺗﺎﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎ ‪ ,‬ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﮔﺸﺘﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺳﻮﻡ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (,13‬ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲﻣﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ‪,‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ‪ ,‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺖﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺭﻫﺎﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻋﻼﻣﺖﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﺯﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﭘﺎﻧﺪﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺯﻥ ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﺬﺭﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻱ ‪ ,‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﺯﻥ ‪ ,‬ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺖﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻠﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ‬
‫ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﺩﻭﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﻟﻜﻲﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﻔﺬﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺷﻔﺎﻑ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﻞ ‪ ,‬ﻳﻚ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 60‬ﺑﻪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ‪ ,‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﺎﺑﻘﻲ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﻴﻮﻩ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 90‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪87 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻳﻬﺎ ‪,‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﻮﻩ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﻳﻚ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﺘﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻳﻚ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﺘﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺻﺪﻣﻪﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺑﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ‪ ,‬ﻳﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﺮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺁﺳﺘﺮﻱﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭ ﺣﺎﺋﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻴﭻﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺮﺩﻳﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺶ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﺘﺮﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺒﻴﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ) ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ‪ ,‬ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻓﺘﮕﻲﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺧﺰﺷﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (7-1-3‬ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻳﺪﻳﮕﻴﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺛﺮﻱ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺷﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻏﻤﺎﺽ‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺭﻳﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ‪ ,‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻭ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺭﻳﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-13-2-2‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻳﻚ ﮔﺸﺘﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ‪ 2/5‬ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ‪ ,‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺻﺪﻣﻪﺍﻳﻲ ﺩﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-13-2-3‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺭﻳﻞ ‪ ,‬ﻭ‬

‫‪88 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﺎﺧﻪﺍﻳﻲ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﻭﻛﺎﺭ‬


‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺭﻳﻞ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻳﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﭘﻮﺷﻲ‬
‫‪ ,‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 50‬ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻓﻮﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ‪ 50‬ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ )‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪(.15‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﺎﺧﻪﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ‪ ,‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺷﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺻﺪﻣﻪﺍﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻞ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-14‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫‪ -8-14-1‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ‪ 100±2‬ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ :‬ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ‪ 70±2‬ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ‪ ,‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻌﺪﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎﺕ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﺤﺪﻱ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺑﺮﻗﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺩﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺧﻨﻚ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺑﺮﻗﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪89 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ‪ ,‬ﻋﻼﻣﺘﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺭﻧﮓ ﭘﺮﻳﺪﮔﻲ‬
‫‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺁﻣﺪﮔﻲﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﺰﻳﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺁﺏﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺘﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-14-2‬ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ‪ ,‬ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪﺍﻳﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (16‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,‬ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ‪ ,‬ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻫﺎﺩﻳﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫)‪ (8-14-3‬ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ 5‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻳﻲ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ 20N‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ‪ 125±2º‬ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ‪ ,‬ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺩﻩ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺧﻨﻚ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-14-3‬ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ‪ ,‬ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-14-2‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ‪ 2+70‬ﻳﺎ ‪ 2+40‬ﺑﻌﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-8‬ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪,‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-14-2‬ﻭ )‪ (8-14-3‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-14-2‬ﻳﺎ )‪ (8-14-3‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ‬

‫‪90 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﺮﺍﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬


‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-14-2‬ﻭ‬
‫)‪ (8-14-3‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻓﻘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﻪ )‪ (8-14-2‬ﻭ )‪ (8-14-3‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-15‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻱ ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻭ ﺁﺗﺶ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﻠﺘﻬﺐ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻠﻲ ‪ 3134‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺫﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ‪ 960±15º‬ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻠﻮﺱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ‪ ,‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ‬
‫‪ 650±10º‬ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮﺱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻧﻤﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﺮﺍﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺻﺮﻓﺎ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﻠﺘﻬﺐ ‪,‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﻠﺘﻬﺐ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﺴﻴﺘﻪ ‪ ,‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺷﻌﻠﻪﻭﺭ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪,‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﻭﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻦ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺧﮕﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻝ ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺮﺩﻳﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺮﻓﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﻠﺘﻬﺐ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﺵ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‬

‫‪91 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫) ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ( ﻧﻮﻙ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﻠﺘﻬﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻬﺮﻩﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻠﺘﻬﺐ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪,‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﮔﻮﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﻠﺘﻬﺐ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﮔﺮ ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﻭﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﻭﺧﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﻭﺧﺘﮕﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪ 30‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺳﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺘﻬﺐ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺍﺛﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﺘﻐﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﺒﺮ ﻛﺎﻏﺬﻱ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﮕﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﭼﻮﺏ ﻛﺎﺝ‬
‫‪ ,‬ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8-16‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺯﻧﮓﺯﺩﮔﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﭼﺮﺑﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻮﻃﻪﻭﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﭼﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺯﺩﺍﻳﻲ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺘﻴﻞﻛﻠﺮﻭﻓﺮﻡ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻨﺰﻳﻦ ﺗﺼﻔﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺩﻩ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ‪ 10%‬ﺁﺏ ﻭ‬
‫ﺁﻣﻮﻧﻴﺎﻙ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ‪ 20±5ºC‬ﻏﻮﻃﻪﻭﺭ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻜﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻗﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺣﺎﻭﻱ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ‪ 5ºC+20‬ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺩﻩ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ‬
‫‪ 100±5º‬ﺧﺸﻚ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺯﻧﮓﺯﺩﮔﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺯﻧﮓﺯﺩﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﻴﺰ ﻭ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﺭﺩ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺎﻙ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺪﻥ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ‪ ,‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻏﻤﺎﺽ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻨﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ‪ ,‬ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺯﻧﮓ‬
‫ﺯﺩﮔﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺻﺮﻓﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎﺗﻲ ﭼﻮﺑﻲﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫‪92 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻬﺎﻱ‬
‫ﻻﺯﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺸﺎﻕ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ‪ ,‬ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫‪93 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


ISIRI 2611 http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm

94 of 120 14/05/2007 09:07 ‫ﺻﺒﺢ‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫‪ = S‬ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ‬
‫‪ = N‬ﺧﻨﺜﻲ‬
‫‪ = Z‬ﺍﻣﭙﺪﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮﻱ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ‬
‫‪ = Z1‬ﺍﻣﭙﺪﺍﻧﺴﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ‬
‫‪ = R1‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ = E‬ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ = A‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ‬
‫‪ = G‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻣﭙﺪﺍﻧﺲ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫‪ = R2‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ‪ 0/5‬ﺍﻫﻤﻲ‬
‫‪ = F‬ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﺴﻲ‬
‫‪ = P‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ‬
‫‪ = B,C,C‬ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ) ﻫﺎ ( ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ) ﺯ ‪) (,‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪(8-12-9-1‬‬

‫‪95 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


ISIRI 2611 http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm

96 of 120 14/05/2007 09:07 ‫ﺻﺒﺢ‬


ISIRI 2611 http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm

97 of 120 14/05/2007 09:07 ‫ﺻﺒﺢ‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻲﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪﻫﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺧﻄﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ‪±0/05º : 25mm‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪±0/2 : 25mm‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﻚ ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻓﻮﻻﺩ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﻚ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ) ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ( ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ‪10 + 90º‬‬
‫ﺧﻢ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻫﻤﺴﻮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺯﻥ ﻳﺎ ﮔﻮﻩ‬
‫ﺻﺮﻓﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻫﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺧﻤﺸﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ‪ 90º‬ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺧﻤﺶ ‪ 90º‬ﺑﺎ ﺭﻭﺍﺩﺍﺭﻱ ‪ 0‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 10º‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ -(12‬ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬

‫‪98 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


ISIRI 2611 http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm

99 of 120 14/05/2007 09:07 ‫ﺻﺒﺢ‬


ISIRI 2611 http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm

100 of 120 14/05/2007 09:07 ‫ﺻﺒﺢ‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ 1‬ـ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ‪1/5mm‬‬

‫‪101 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫‪ 2‬ـ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺁﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ‪8mm‬‬


‫‪ 3‬ـ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫‪ 4‬ـ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩﺁﻭﺭﻱ ـ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (14‬ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺯﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬

‫‪102 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ) ﺍﻟﻒ (‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﻥ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‬

‫‪103 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ )‪ (:1‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﻪ ‪c.d.‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﻪ ‪ c.d.‬ﻣﻮﺝ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ‬ ‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺖ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ـ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﻝ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﻪ ‪ c.d.‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ‪:‬‬
‫‪id=Id0.e-Rt/L‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬
‫‪ = id‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﻪﻫﺎﻱ ‪ c.d.‬ﺩﺭ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ‪ t‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ =Id0‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﻪ ‪ c.d.‬ﺩﺭ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺒﺪﺍﺀ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ = L/R‬ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ = t‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ = e‬ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻟﮕﺎﺭﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﭙﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ‪ L/R‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﻝ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (a‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ Id0‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ id‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻈﻪﺍﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ )‪ (t‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺖ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (b‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ e-Rt‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ‪ id‬ﺑﻪ‪ Id0‬ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (C‬ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ‪ e-x‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ -x‬ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ‪ id/ Id0.‬ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (d‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ x‬ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ‪ Rt/L‬ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ‪ L/R‬ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺁﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ )‪ (2‬ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﻟﺪ ﭘﻴﻠﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﮊﻧﺮﺍﺗﻮﺭ ﭘﻴﻠﻮﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﻔﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﻟﺪ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﻓﺎﺯ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﻣﻮﻟﺪ ﭘﻴﻠﻮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻴﻠﻮﺳﻜﻮﭖ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﻣﻮﻟﺪ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻟﺪ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻓﺎﺯ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﻣﻮﻟﺪ ﭘﻴﻠﻮﺕ ﻭ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﻣﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ‪ ,‬ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﻣﻮﻟﺪ ﭘﻴﻠﻮﺕ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻟﺪ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ‪ ,‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻓﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻟﺪ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫‪104 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ) ﺏ (‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺰﺷﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺰﺷﻲ ‪ ,‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺰﺷﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ )‪ mm)1‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺧﺰﺷﻲ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺧﺰﺷﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺷﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ )‪ mm)1‬ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲﺷﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ;‬
‫ـ ﺷﺎﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺻﺮﻓﻨﻈﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ;‬
‫ـ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ )‪:mm) 1‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻻﻳﻨﻔﻚ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ) ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ‪ ,‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﮔﻴﺮﻱ‬
‫‪ ,‬ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎﺭﻱ ﻳﺎ ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪﻥ ‪ ,‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ‪(.‬‬
‫ـ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ‪ ,‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻻﻳﻨﻔﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ) ﺏ ‪ ) (,1-‬ﺏ ‪ (2-‬ﻭ ) ﺏ ‪ (3-‬ﺩﻻﻟﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺧﺰﺷﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ;‬
‫ـ ﺷﻜﻞ ) ﺏ ‪ (4-‬ﻭ ) ﺏ ‪ (5-‬ﺩﻻﻟﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺧﺰﺷﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ;‬
‫ـ ﺷﻜﻞ ) ﺏ ‪ (6-‬ﺩﻻﻟﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ‬

‫‪105 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﺟﺎﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻲ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ;‬
‫ـ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎﻱ ) ﺏ ‪ ) , (7-‬ﺏ ‪ ) , (8-‬ﺏ ‪ (9-‬ﻭ ) ﺏ ‪ (10-‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺧﺰﺷﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻮﺭﻓﺘﮕﻲ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫‪106 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ) ﺝ (‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﺮﻱ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻮﺯﻫﺎ ‪ ,‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻮﺯﻫﺎ ) ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺝ ‪ (1-‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻫﺎﺳﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪,‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻴﻮﺯﻫﺎ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺍﺭﺟﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻠﻲ‬
‫)‪ (3109‬ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﻧﻬﺎﺩﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻩ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻓﻘﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﺮﻱ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ,‬ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻣﭙﺪﺍﻧﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻏﻤﺎﺽ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ :‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺌﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬

‫‪107 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺑﺠﺎﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ‪ I2t ,‬ﻣﺒﻨﺎﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬


‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻴﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﺮﻱ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺁﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻻﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ‪ ,‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ‪ ,‬ﻧﺎﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻮﺯﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﻓﻴﻮﺯ ) ﻫﺎ ‪ (,‬ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺒﻲ ﻓﻴﻮﺯﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺮﻑ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ‪ ,‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺑﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﺸﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺗﺌﻮﺭﻳﻚ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ‬
‫ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪,‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻲ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﮊﻩ " ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ "‬
‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﺰ ) ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ( ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺮﻭﺽ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻛﺜﺮﻳﺖ ﻭﺳﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻫﺎ ‪ ,‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﻲ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ‪ ,‬ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﺷﻴﻪ ﻓﺰﻭﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻮﺯﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫‪108 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺝ ‪ -1-‬ﻫﺪﻑ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ‬


‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺠﺰﺍ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻴﻮﺯ ) ﻫﺎ ( ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﺶ ;‬
‫ـ ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ ) ﺍﮔﺮ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ( ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ ‪ -2-‬ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻴﻮﺯ ) ﻫﺎ (‬
‫ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﺶ‬
‫ﺝ ‪ -2-1-‬ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﺪﻩﺁﻝ ‪ ,‬ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ‪,‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﺶ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ ( ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻔﺮﻭﺽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻴﻮﺯ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻓﻴﻮﺯﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪﻱ ﺑﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﺪ ‪ ) IR‬ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪ (2-5-14-2‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,‬ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ) ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ (,‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ( ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻓﺰﻭﻧﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻓﻴﻮﺯ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻴﻮﺯﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ) ﺝ ‪ (2-2-‬ﻭ ) ﺝ ‪ (2-3-‬ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ ‪ -2-2-‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﺪ ‪ IR‬ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ ‪ -2-3-‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻴﻮﺯﻫﺎﻳﺶ‬

‫‪109 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻳﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ـ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ )‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺷﻌﻠﻪﻫﺎ ( ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻣﺎﻭﺭﺍﻱ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ;‬
‫ـ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﺟﻬﺸﻲ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻬﺎ ‪ ,‬ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻤﻨﺎ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ) ﺝ ‪ -(4-2-‬ﻭ ) ﺝ ‪-(4-.2-‬‬
‫ﺝ ‪ -3-‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻮﺯ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺶ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻠﻲ )‪ (,3109‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻮﺯﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ‪ ,‬ﻭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺟﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻓﻴﻮﺯﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺮﻑ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﻴﻮﺯﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻮﺯﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪﺍﻱ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ ‪ -4-‬ﺭﻭﺷﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ‬
‫ﺝ ‪ -4-1-‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ) ﺝ ‪ (2-2-‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻮﺯ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻫﺎﺳﺎﺯﻫﺎﻱ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ) ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪(,1-1‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ ‪ -4-2-‬ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ‪ /‬ﻓﻴﻮﺯ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ ( ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ) ﺝ ‪ (2-3-‬ﺻﺮﻓﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ) ﺝ ‪ (4-3-‬ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫‪110 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ‪ ,‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪(8-12‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻠﻔﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ‪ ,‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ ( ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻮﺯ ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺭﺳﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ‪ ,‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﺎﺩ ﺫﻳﻞ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ‪ I2t‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻮﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻊ ;‬
‫ـ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ) ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ‪ ,‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻧﺮﮊﻱ ﻗﻮﺱ ‪ ,‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻗﻠﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ( ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻠﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻓﻴﻮﺯ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺕ ‪ I2t‬ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﻴﻮﺯ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩﺍﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ‪ ,‬ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫‪ I2t‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ‪ ,‬ﻓﺰﻭﻧﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ ‪ -4-3-‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ـ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻩ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻫﻲ ‪ ,‬ﻓﺰﻭﻧﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ‪ ,‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ‪ IR‬ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ )‪ (ICn‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ (80% (Icn‬ﻳﻚ ﺳﺮﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ‪ (120% (Icn‬ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻴﻮﺯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻭ ﻧﻮ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ) ﺝ ‪ (4-2-‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻳﻚ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫"‪ "co‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ (8-12-11-3-3‬ﻭ )‪ (8-12-12-2‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬

‫‪111 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪ = I‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ‬


‫‪ = Icn‬ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﻤﻲ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ) ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪(4-2-4‬‬
‫‪ = IS‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻲ ـ ﺣﺪﻱ ) ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪(2-5-14-1‬‬
‫‪ = IB‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﺪ ) ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪(2-5-14-2‬‬
‫‪ = A‬ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﻓﻴﻮﺯ‬
‫‪ = B‬ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﻴﻮﺯ‬
‫‪ = C‬ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺕﻫﺎﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ـ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ ‪ I2t‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )ﺝ‪ -(1-‬ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ – ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻭ‪I2t‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ) ﺩ (‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ‬

‫‪112 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﺘﺎﮊﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬


‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫)‪ (7-1-3) , (8-7-4‬ﻭ )‪ (,8-7-5‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ) ﻩ (‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻃﺮﺣﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻗﻄﺮﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﻫﺎﺩﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺗﻜﻪ ﺭﺷﺘﻪﺍﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺵ ﻫﺎﺩﻳﻬﺎﻱ ﺷﺨﺖ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ )‬
‫ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪(7-1-.5‬‬

‫‪113 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫‪ = A‬ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ‬


‫‪ = B‬ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ = C‬ﺟﺰﺀ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﺍﻛﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬
‫‪ = D‬ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫‪ = E‬ﻣﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﮕﻪ ﻣﻲﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻻﺯﻣﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻫﺎﺩﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )ﻩ‪ -(2-‬ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﻭ ﮔﻞ ﻣﻴﺨﻲ‬

‫‪114 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫‪ = A‬ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬


‫‪ = B‬ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﺸﻮ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫‪ = C‬ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ = F‬ﻣﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻝ ‪ ,‬ﻳﻚ ﻭﺍﺷﺮ ﻓﻨﺮﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﺎﻑ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ‪ ,‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﺸﻮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﺍﻱ‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )ﻩ‪ -(4-‬ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﺸﻮ‬

‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ) ﻭ (‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪﺑﻨﺪﻱ ‪ AWG‬ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﺘﺮﻳﻚ ‪ ISO‬ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺘﺮﻳﻚ ‪ ISO‬ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫‪115 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ) ﺯ (‬
‫ﺁﺭﺍﻳﺶ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ) ﺯ ‪ (1-‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻛﻪ ) ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﻤﻞ "‪ "(,O‬ﻳﻚ ﻭﺭﻕ ﭘﻠﻲﺍﺗﻴﻠﻦ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ‬
‫‪ (mm(0/05±0/01‬ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ 50mm‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ‪ ,‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ‪ ,‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 200*200‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﭼﺎﺭﭼﻮﺏ ‪ ,‬ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ) ﺻﺎﻑ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪(,‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪.10mm‬‬
‫ـ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﮔﻲ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ;‬
‫ـ ﻳﺎ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺗﻮﺭﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺭﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻕ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪116 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﺭ ‪0/92±0/05/cm3 23ºC‬‬


‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺫﻭﺏ ‪120º(C)-110 :‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ‪2mm‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ) ﺯ ‪ (1-‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻗﻮﺱ ﻭ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻕ ﭘﻠﻲﺍﺗﻴﻠﻦ ‪ ,‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻥ ﻭﺭﻕ ﻓﻠﺰﻱ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻍ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻗﻮﺱ ‪ ,‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻳﻚ ﺷﻜﻞ ) ﻫﺎ ( ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ) ﺯ ‪ (2-‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫"‪ "a‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻗﻮﺱ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ‪ ,‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﺩ ) ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ) ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ) ﺯ ‪ (3-‬ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ‪ B‬ﻭ ‪ C‬ﻳﺎ'‪,C‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ‪ ,‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ) ﻫﺎ ( ﺑﺸﺮﺡ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ '‪1/5Ω : R‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﺴﻲ '‪ :F‬ﻃﻮﻝ ‪ 50mm‬ﻭ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫)‪(8-12-9-1‬‬

‫‪117 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


ISIRI 2611 http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm

118 of 120 14/05/2007 09:07 ‫ﺻﺒﺢ‬


‫‪ISIRI 2611‬‬ ‫‪http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm‬‬

‫‪1- AIR - Break Circuit Breaker‬‬


‫‪ -2‬ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ‪ 50‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ‪ 60‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ,‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺻﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ‪,‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ‪ 60‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪,‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻤﻮﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻲﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪3-REPRODUCIBILILY‬‬
‫‪4-OVER CURRENT-Take‬‬
‫‪5-IN-Plug‬‬
‫‪ -6‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎﻱ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪119 of 120‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒﺢ ‪14/05/2007 09:07‬‬


ISIRI 2611 http://www.isiri.org/std/2611.htm

ISLAMIC REPUBLIC OF IRAN

Institute of Standards and Industrial Research of Iran

ISIRI NUMBER

2611

Circuit breaker for over current protection for household and


similar installations

1st Revision
2nd Edition

120 of 120 14/05/2007 09:07 ‫ﺻﺒﺢ‬